Top Banner
Let’s look at our goal Objectives 1-4, possibly 5
141
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: 2014 unit 8

Letrsquos look at our goalObjectives 1-4 possibly 5

Unit 8 Outline

Pg 365 1-6 amp pg 370 1-6 (assigned at the end of day 1)

Models thus far

What was wrong with Rutherfordrsquos model First came Bohrhellip then

Electrons ndash are they waves or particles Yes

e- how do they lets us see light of different colors Whatrsquos up with that

e- and their location in atoms Ions Etc

NEXT What is e- configuration

bull1 EVOLUTION OF MODELDalton Thomson Rutherford Bohr

The Development of Atomic Models

The timeline shoes the development of atomic models from 1803 to 1911

51

bullDaltonSolid indivisible (no parts inside)

Combine in simple ratios

Same element are identicalhellipcanrsquot change chemically into other element

Can mix chemically but elements are not changed into other atoms

DID EXPERIMENTS TO PROVE HIS THEORIES AS OPPOSED TO PREDICESSORS

bullTHOMSONUsed CRT to discover electrons because it bent

toward a positive plate

Later discovered proton too

Plum pudding model

>

bullRutherfordGold foil exp Discovered nucleus large positive

mass and that atom was mostly empty space

Rutherfordrsquos model had problems though Could not explain why metals like iron changed colors when they were heated

>

The Development of Atomic Models

Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could not explain the chemical properties of elements Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could

not explain why objects change color when heated

51

bullBohrPlanetary model with electrons in fixed energy

locations (but as we will soon see his model could only describe some things)

It is like the 2 8 8 that we described earlier this year See video if time

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 2: 2014 unit 8

Unit 8 Outline

Pg 365 1-6 amp pg 370 1-6 (assigned at the end of day 1)

Models thus far

What was wrong with Rutherfordrsquos model First came Bohrhellip then

Electrons ndash are they waves or particles Yes

e- how do they lets us see light of different colors Whatrsquos up with that

e- and their location in atoms Ions Etc

NEXT What is e- configuration

bull1 EVOLUTION OF MODELDalton Thomson Rutherford Bohr

The Development of Atomic Models

The timeline shoes the development of atomic models from 1803 to 1911

51

bullDaltonSolid indivisible (no parts inside)

Combine in simple ratios

Same element are identicalhellipcanrsquot change chemically into other element

Can mix chemically but elements are not changed into other atoms

DID EXPERIMENTS TO PROVE HIS THEORIES AS OPPOSED TO PREDICESSORS

bullTHOMSONUsed CRT to discover electrons because it bent

toward a positive plate

Later discovered proton too

Plum pudding model

>

bullRutherfordGold foil exp Discovered nucleus large positive

mass and that atom was mostly empty space

Rutherfordrsquos model had problems though Could not explain why metals like iron changed colors when they were heated

>

The Development of Atomic Models

Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could not explain the chemical properties of elements Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could

not explain why objects change color when heated

51

bullBohrPlanetary model with electrons in fixed energy

locations (but as we will soon see his model could only describe some things)

It is like the 2 8 8 that we described earlier this year See video if time

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 3: 2014 unit 8

bull1 EVOLUTION OF MODELDalton Thomson Rutherford Bohr

The Development of Atomic Models

The timeline shoes the development of atomic models from 1803 to 1911

51

bullDaltonSolid indivisible (no parts inside)

Combine in simple ratios

Same element are identicalhellipcanrsquot change chemically into other element

Can mix chemically but elements are not changed into other atoms

DID EXPERIMENTS TO PROVE HIS THEORIES AS OPPOSED TO PREDICESSORS

bullTHOMSONUsed CRT to discover electrons because it bent

toward a positive plate

Later discovered proton too

Plum pudding model

>

bullRutherfordGold foil exp Discovered nucleus large positive

mass and that atom was mostly empty space

Rutherfordrsquos model had problems though Could not explain why metals like iron changed colors when they were heated

>

The Development of Atomic Models

Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could not explain the chemical properties of elements Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could

not explain why objects change color when heated

51

bullBohrPlanetary model with electrons in fixed energy

locations (but as we will soon see his model could only describe some things)

It is like the 2 8 8 that we described earlier this year See video if time

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 4: 2014 unit 8

The Development of Atomic Models

The timeline shoes the development of atomic models from 1803 to 1911

51

bullDaltonSolid indivisible (no parts inside)

Combine in simple ratios

Same element are identicalhellipcanrsquot change chemically into other element

Can mix chemically but elements are not changed into other atoms

DID EXPERIMENTS TO PROVE HIS THEORIES AS OPPOSED TO PREDICESSORS

bullTHOMSONUsed CRT to discover electrons because it bent

toward a positive plate

Later discovered proton too

Plum pudding model

>

bullRutherfordGold foil exp Discovered nucleus large positive

mass and that atom was mostly empty space

Rutherfordrsquos model had problems though Could not explain why metals like iron changed colors when they were heated

>

The Development of Atomic Models

Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could not explain the chemical properties of elements Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could

not explain why objects change color when heated

51

bullBohrPlanetary model with electrons in fixed energy

locations (but as we will soon see his model could only describe some things)

It is like the 2 8 8 that we described earlier this year See video if time

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 5: 2014 unit 8

bullDaltonSolid indivisible (no parts inside)

Combine in simple ratios

Same element are identicalhellipcanrsquot change chemically into other element

Can mix chemically but elements are not changed into other atoms

DID EXPERIMENTS TO PROVE HIS THEORIES AS OPPOSED TO PREDICESSORS

bullTHOMSONUsed CRT to discover electrons because it bent

toward a positive plate

Later discovered proton too

Plum pudding model

>

bullRutherfordGold foil exp Discovered nucleus large positive

mass and that atom was mostly empty space

Rutherfordrsquos model had problems though Could not explain why metals like iron changed colors when they were heated

>

The Development of Atomic Models

Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could not explain the chemical properties of elements Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could

not explain why objects change color when heated

51

bullBohrPlanetary model with electrons in fixed energy

locations (but as we will soon see his model could only describe some things)

It is like the 2 8 8 that we described earlier this year See video if time

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 6: 2014 unit 8

bullTHOMSONUsed CRT to discover electrons because it bent

toward a positive plate

Later discovered proton too

Plum pudding model

>

bullRutherfordGold foil exp Discovered nucleus large positive

mass and that atom was mostly empty space

Rutherfordrsquos model had problems though Could not explain why metals like iron changed colors when they were heated

>

The Development of Atomic Models

Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could not explain the chemical properties of elements Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could

not explain why objects change color when heated

51

bullBohrPlanetary model with electrons in fixed energy

locations (but as we will soon see his model could only describe some things)

It is like the 2 8 8 that we described earlier this year See video if time

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 7: 2014 unit 8

bullRutherfordGold foil exp Discovered nucleus large positive

mass and that atom was mostly empty space

Rutherfordrsquos model had problems though Could not explain why metals like iron changed colors when they were heated

>

The Development of Atomic Models

Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could not explain the chemical properties of elements Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could

not explain why objects change color when heated

51

bullBohrPlanetary model with electrons in fixed energy

locations (but as we will soon see his model could only describe some things)

It is like the 2 8 8 that we described earlier this year See video if time

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 8: 2014 unit 8

The Development of Atomic Models

Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could not explain the chemical properties of elements Rutherfordrsquos atomic model could

not explain why objects change color when heated

51

bullBohrPlanetary model with electrons in fixed energy

locations (but as we will soon see his model could only describe some things)

It is like the 2 8 8 that we described earlier this year See video if time

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 9: 2014 unit 8

bullBohrPlanetary model with electrons in fixed energy

locations (but as we will soon see his model could only describe some things)

It is like the 2 8 8 that we described earlier this year See video if time

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 10: 2014 unit 8

The Bohr ModelEach possible electron orbit in Bohrrsquos model has

a fixed energyThe fixed energies an electron can have are called

energy levelsA quantum of energy is the amount of energy

required to move an electron from one energy level to another energy level

51

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 11: 2014 unit 8

The Bohr ModelLike the rungs of the

strange ladder the energy levels in an atom are not equally spaced

The higher the energy level occupied by an electron the less energy it takes to move from that energy level to the next higher energy level

51

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 12: 2014 unit 8

Wave LectureThe current model could not describe emission

spectra which were not continuous (like the gas spectrum tubes)pg 364-369

SEE DEMOS of colors from salts spectroscopy video

Is light a Wave or a particle SEE BOOK PG 363Light is like a particle (cathode ray)Light is like a wave too

Plank and Einstein described this

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 13: 2014 unit 8

Wave TermsWavelength

Frequency

speed

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 14: 2014 unit 8

Spectroscopy demoUse gas tubes amp flames

Mr K will insert a little about the electromagnetic spectrum here

Basically Shorter wavelength = more energy = violet or UV

or gammaLonger wavelength = less energy ndash red IR

microwave radio

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 15: 2014 unit 8

Electromagnetic spectrum

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 16: 2014 unit 8

Pictures of spectroscopyWhen atoms and molecules are exposed to

light or some form of energy they are said to be excited

They absorb that energy and can produce a unique energy change that can identify that atom or molecule

This study of substances that are exposed to some sort of continuous exciting energy is called spectroscopy

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 17: 2014 unit 8

Na (see pg 374)

Bright line spectra (made from a element (this gives us an atomic emission spectrum)

In lab wersquoll see an image of a flame and determine the wavelength

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 18: 2014 unit 8

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 19: 2014 unit 8

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 20: 2014 unit 8

Stair step model

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 21: 2014 unit 8

What happens

in spectroscopy

Longer jumps mean higher energy and shorter wavelengths

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 22: 2014 unit 8

Light amp spectraC= (speed of light = wavelength

frequency)

Red light is longer amp lower freq

Blueviolet light is shorter amp higher freq amp HAS MORE ENERGY

Diff color = diff freq

e-s in atoms are what give off diff colors

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 23: 2014 unit 8

Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics

Planckrsquos constant discussion Diff colors meant diff e-s jumps in atoms (Fe when heated goes from black to red yellow white blue)

Einstein proved it with photoelectric effect Blue light higher energy

Simulation httpphetcoloradoeduensimulationphotoelectric

DEMO w LED and ldquoglow in the dark materialrdquo

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 24: 2014 unit 8

Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so the model changed

SEE pg 367

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 25: 2014 unit 8

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 26: 2014 unit 8

See Phethttpphetcoloradoeduensimulationdischarge

-lamps

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 27: 2014 unit 8

AssignmentBegin vocab and page 3 in packet as well ashellip

IN OUR BOOK

Read pg 360-365 do 1-6

Read pg 366-370 do 1-6(these will be collected at our next class meeting

after a brief discussion)

Nexthellip the quantum model amp e- configuration

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 28: 2014 unit 8

Collect and discuss questions

365 amp 370 1-6 amp 1-6 (collect walk by)

Packet pages 3 discuss

Lecture configuration

Key things thus far NEXT SLIDE

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 29: 2014 unit 8

KEY IDEASLight observations led to the model change

Rutherford couldnrsquot explain light amp color changes Bohr could only explain hydrogen Pg 367

Bohr used Quantized energy levels 368

colors are determined by wavelength Shorter wavelength has more energy (wavelength and frequency are inverses of each other)

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 30: 2014 unit 8

NOTEWhen more energy is absorbed that means there

are larger quantum leaps and more energy that can be given off

When atoms become ions they must gain energy to lose an electron That is called the ionization energy More on this later

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 31: 2014 unit 8

Move on to the model now

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 32: 2014 unit 8

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Determines the allowed energies an electron can have and how likely it is to find the electron in various locations around the nucleus

51

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 33: 2014 unit 8

The Quantum Mechanical Model

Austrian physicist Erwin Schroumldinger (1887ndash1961) used new theoretical calculations and results to devise and solve a mathematical equation describing the behavior of the electron in a hydrogen atom

The modern description of the electrons in atoms the quantum mechanical model comes from the mathematical solutions to the Schroumldinger equation

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 34: 2014 unit 8

The Quantum Mechanical ModelThe propeller blade has the same probability of

being anywhere in the blurry region but you cannot tell its location at any instant The electron cloud of an atom can be compared to a spinning airplane propeller

51

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 35: 2014 unit 8

The Quantum Mechanical ModelItrsquos the probability of finding an

electron within a certain volume of space surrounding the nucleus See pg 370 of our book about the lightning bug

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 36: 2014 unit 8

Atomic OrbitalsAn atomic orbital is often thought of

as a region of space in which there is a high probability of finding an electronEach energy sublevel corresponds to an

orbital of a different shape which describes where the electron is likely to be found

Each energy level we go out away from the nucleus we add an energy level and also add an additional sublevel

51

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 37: 2014 unit 8

Atomic OrbitalsDifferent atomic orbitals are denoted by letters The s

orbitals are spherical and p orbitals are dumbbell-shaped

51

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 38: 2014 unit 8

Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)

Bohr originally thought e-s were in shells

Because of the light experiments (spectroscopy) we actually have sublevels

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 39: 2014 unit 8

See text pg 371-374Kicker draw the overlapping orbitals here

Student should know these two shapesS shaped like a sphereP like a dumbell

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 40: 2014 unit 8

Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each

orbital holds 2 electrons (see book for filling order)

>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 41: 2014 unit 8
>

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 42: 2014 unit 8

Atomic OrbitalsFour of the five d orbitals have the same shape but

different orientations in space

51

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 43: 2014 unit 8

Orbital diagram template

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 44: 2014 unit 8

Filling rules

1Fill a sublevel before going to another (except S before D amp F)

2Single up before doubling up

3Opposite spinAufbau amp poly Rules

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 45: 2014 unit 8

You try Oxygenorbital diagram then list configuration

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 46: 2014 unit 8

Here are the energy levels with the sub levels labeled s p d amp f

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 47: 2014 unit 8

BOOK IMAGESee the book for the filling order

PG 382

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 48: 2014 unit 8

See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379

Try a couple

C

N

O

Mg

Ti (4s fills before the 3d)

Hey Kicker there has to be an easier way

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 49: 2014 unit 8

Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations

See moodle

Where are e-s located

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 50: 2014 unit 8

s pd

f

sAreas or Blocks

Shade in these areas or notate them on the PT I will give you

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 51: 2014 unit 8

s pd

f

sFilling Order

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

35 36

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 52: 2014 unit 8

Another picture

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 53: 2014 unit 8

Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem

Basically we go in order from left to right across a period

Letrsquos try a couple

N

Si

K

Ti

Cl

The only problem with this method when we get to d filling we subtract one from the energy level at f we subtract 2 Because they are actually further inside S amp P are the valence electrons

Try Ti

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 54: 2014 unit 8

YOU TRYZn

Fe

Mg

Br

K

Hg

Rb

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 55: 2014 unit 8

Orbital diagramsHow about an orbital diagram for the ones we

just did N Si K Ti Cl

See textbook pg 378

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 56: 2014 unit 8

Valence electrons (see pg 384) are the outer electron shell which we learned

earlier can only hold up to 8 total electrons

Valence is the outer shell ndash only s amp p

How about the valence configuration for these

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 57: 2014 unit 8

Most atomsWant to have a full valence of 8 electrons (called

octet) this would be s2 amp p 6

Metals lose electrons when there is sufficient energy to ldquopull one offrdquo this is called the Ionization energy

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 58: 2014 unit 8

Configuration for ionsWrite these configurations

Ca

Ca +2

F

F-1

O-2

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 59: 2014 unit 8

Spring 2014Discuss notes pg 3-5

Discuss answers pg 6-7 -Try pg 11 (valence pg 384 image is wrong)

Highlight spectroscopy steps

Discuss vocab

Discuss exceptions amp ions (See page 8 for notes and probs)

Assign pg 12-13 amp colored PT areas

IF TIME ndashwavelength lab (pg 9-10) else ndashread and do tomorrow

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 60: 2014 unit 8

Ready for OVERKILL

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 61: 2014 unit 8

B) Quantum numbers

1 s 2

Energy level Refered to as n

Sublevel (orbital shape)

electrons

Discuss

2p4

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 62: 2014 unit 8

VOCABULARY NOTES electromagnetic radiation Wavelength

Frequency Photons

Quantized wave mechanical model

Orbital principal energy levels

Sublevels Pauli exclusion principle

electron configuration orbital diagram

valence electrons core (shielding) electrons

Groups representative elements

atomic size ionization energy

Electronegativity stability

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 63: 2014 unit 8

Continuous spectrumWhat is seen when white light

goes through a prism (not discrete lines) ROYGBIV

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 64: 2014 unit 8

Bright line spectra Also called emission spectra

This is the fingerprint of the atom Electrons are excited and jump to a higher energy level when the return to ground state they give off a discrete line of a particular wavelength Each atoms spectrum is different

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 65: 2014 unit 8

What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emission

spectra

Electrons absorb energy and leap from one orbital in an atom to an orbital of higher energy When these excited electrons fall back down to lower energy levels they emit light The lines result from the fact that the electrons can move only between discrete energy levels they cannot have intermediate energies Electron energies are quantized not continuous (LIKE STAIRSTEPS amp A BALL)

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 66: 2014 unit 8

The process pg 366-367

1 The atom gets excited

2 an e- jumps to a higher energy level

3 it comes back to its ground state

4 and a photon of light is emitted (maybe in the visible spectrum or not)

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 67: 2014 unit 8

+

Ground state is where the electron is normally located

1

2

3

Emitted photon

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 68: 2014 unit 8

WavelengthDistance from crest to crest

INVERSE OF FREQUENCY

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 69: 2014 unit 8

Photondiscrete bundle of

electromagnetic energy

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 70: 2014 unit 8

Photoelectric effectThis is the situation where light hits a

photo cell and creates a direct current (electron flow)

What happens In the photoelectric effect Electrons are ejected by metals when light shines on them The effect is only observed if the frequency of the incident light is above a certain threshold frequency

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 71: 2014 unit 8

Energy levelLocations where electrons can

be Each has a specific orbital

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 72: 2014 unit 8

Quantumenergy needed to move an

electron from one energy level to another

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 73: 2014 unit 8

Quantum mechanical model

It is a model that describes the motions of electrons in atoms as probabilistic motions within a certain region It is depicted as electron clouds the density of which represents the probability of finding the electron in that region The electron cloud of the quantum mechanical model is centered on the atomic orbital as proposed by Bohr but Bohr could not describe the discrete spectral lines on an emission spectrum with his planetary model

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 74: 2014 unit 8

Atomic orbitalsThe shapes of the clouds that electrons tend to

make There are specific shapes and numbers of orbitals for each atom SHAPES An s orbital has the shape of a sphere and is the orbital having the lowest energy A p orbital is dumbbell-shaped and has the next highest energy

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 75: 2014 unit 8

Electron configurationThe filling order of electrons

into the orbitals

Two methods Orbital fillingElectron config (1s2 2s3 sp6hellip

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 76: 2014 unit 8

Ground stateThe lowest energy state of the

atom (The original location of electrons in their orbitals)

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 77: 2014 unit 8

Valence electronsThis is the highest energy

levels S amp P electrons

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 78: 2014 unit 8

Octet ruleAll atoms want a full valence of

electrons This is the highest energy levels S amp P electrons

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 79: 2014 unit 8

Still to discuss this unit

Valence of ions

Exceptions to electron configuration

Do the Na wavelength lab amp practice worksheets

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 80: 2014 unit 8

Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to least stable)

1 full octet s2p6

2 full sub level s2 d10 F14

3 frac12 filled sub level d5

Which is more stable

2S2 or 2s1

3s2 3p3 or 3s2 3p4

2s1 2p6 or 2s1 2p2

Fe or Mn Si or P Ca or Sc

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 81: 2014 unit 8

Work thru pg 8Then assign pg 12-13 amp colored packet

Lab tomorrow

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 82: 2014 unit 8

Exception for e- configuration

Some atoms rearrange their electrons from what we would predict the e- configuration to be to become more stableEx Cu

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 83: 2014 unit 8

Stable ions- explain themElements will lose e-s to become more stable It

takes energy to do this though Some elements take on a couple different oxidation numbers because of the options in stability

Be able to predict stable ions OR What are possible oxidation numbers that these atoms can have)

Ca Ti Sc Ta

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 84: 2014 unit 8

What information does the PT give us

Demo trend of Alkali metals discuss (assign) label a table and periodically yours unit 8 quiz ws

Discuss why they react and why the trend Lecture lots discuss periodic table ws 1 pg 18 packet Ionization energy amp atomic size ws Review using worksheets

Layout various metals Si Non metals Alkali metals Ca Show locations amp variety

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 85: 2014 unit 8

Goals Describe the history of the design of PT

How location of certain groupsregions

Size of atoms (AR) Cations Anions

How do they become ions (cations) IETrend of IE (exceptions)EN

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 86: 2014 unit 8

Periodic table

bullDesigned by Mendeleev and put in increasing atomic mass He put elements that had similar properties in vertical columnsbullLater it was put in order of increasing atomic number (moseley)

bullPacket pg 15 (some notes can be filled in as we go

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 87: 2014 unit 8

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his processPeriodGroupPeriodic law Metal nonmetals metalloids and some of their

propertiesAlkali metalsAlkaline earth metalsHalogensNoble gasesTransition metalsInner transition metalsRepresentative elements

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 88: 2014 unit 8

Terms amp concepts TO KNOWMendeleev amp his process ndashmass order periodicityPeriod - rowGroup (family ndash vertical column)Periodic law when elements are arranged in atomic number a

repeating pattern of chemical AND physical properties existMetal nonmetals metalloids and some of their properties

Metals conduct heat amp electricity maleable ductile luster left sideNon-metals donrsquot conduct brittle dull right sideMetalloids (semi-metals) some properties of both

Alkali metals (group 1A)Alkaline earth metals (group II A)Halogens (group VII A)Noble gases (group VIII A)Transition metals (d filling)Inner transition metals (f filling) Representative elements ( s amp p filling)

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 89: 2014 unit 8

categories

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 90: 2014 unit 8

See the mini PT pages

Metalloids HalogensAlkali metals Alkaline Earth MetalsTransition Metals Representative elements Inner transition metals noble gases

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 91: 2014 unit 8

More from LABEL THE TABLEatom size trend

ion size trend

How does the size of a cation compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

How does the size of a anion compare to itrsquos atom (explain why)

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 92: 2014 unit 8

Reactivity of Alkali Metals

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 93: 2014 unit 8

Alkali metalsSee video

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 94: 2014 unit 8

KEY IDEA

The periodic table position and the chemical properties of the elements arise from their electron configuration

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 95: 2014 unit 8

Predict PAIR SHARE

What do you think happens to atom size as you

A) go down a family

B) go across a period

WHY

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 96: 2014 unit 8

Atomic Size (AR)General trends

Atoms get larger as you add more energy levels

Atoms tend to get smaller as you go across a period from left to right ( Be able to explain WHY)

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 97: 2014 unit 8

ATOM Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the electron cloud making the atom smaller

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 98: 2014 unit 8

So which is largerCa or Mg

F or Br

Si or C

Sr or Ne

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 99: 2014 unit 8

What about the size of ionsWhen atoms gain or lose electrons the

atom becomes an ion

What would you predict would be true about the size of cations compared to their atom What about the anionsTrend of ions going across Going down

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 100: 2014 unit 8

Ion size from atom size You need to think about if it is a cation or an anion

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 101: 2014 unit 8

Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs

Li to Li+1

Li+1 to Be +2

F to F-1

O-2 to F-1

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 102: 2014 unit 8

ION Size Trend RationalAs you go down we add an energy level

As we go across from L to R we add protons which make the nuclear charge stronger and effectively sucking in the atom to make it smaller

The pattern is the same as for atoms however when you get to where atoms become anions there is a big jump in size

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 103: 2014 unit 8

You predictWhich is larger

Use only your periodic table

Na Na +1

Cl Cl-1

Na+1 Cl-1

H+ H H-1

F -1 Na+1 Ne

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 104: 2014 unit 8

Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to justify

your answerMg+2 Na+1 Ne F-1 O-2

When an atom or ion has an equal number of electrons or has the same number of electrons when compared to the atoms of another element the two species are called isoelectronic

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 105: 2014 unit 8

Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter

IE is the energy required to lose one electron

TWO THINGS EFFECT IESize of atom (shielding) and nuclear charge

More shielding

less shielding

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 106: 2014 unit 8

So letrsquos think about thisThose valence electrons that

are closer to the nucleus are harder to pull away So an e- from Na is harder to pull away than it is to steal an e- from K Therefore K is more reactive

What would you predict is true as you go across a period Which has lower IE Mg or Na

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 107: 2014 unit 8

IE

1312 2371

520 900 800 1086 1402 1314 1681 2080

4958 7376 5774 7862 10120 9996 12550 15200

4180 5895

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 108: 2014 unit 8

We have various IErsquosFirst IE Second IE Third IE as you try to take away a second electron from an atom the IE increases even more

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 109: 2014 unit 8

Generally IE increases as we go across a period from left to right What happened between N amp O Why

Also IE1 and IE 2 what seems to be true Why is there a huge jump from the first to the second IE for lithium

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 110: 2014 unit 8

Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the right) does not fit

Remember the exceptions to configurationOctetFilled sub levelHalf filled sublevel

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 111: 2014 unit 8

Show my Straw Example

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 112: 2014 unit 8

A closer look at ionizationBoron is further to the

right on the PT but it has a lower IE Why

Because it would rather have a more stable config so it lets the e- go with a little more ease than Be does

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 113: 2014 unit 8

AlsoLook at the activity

chart (single replacement rxns) on your Periodic table With the exception of Lithium what trend exists for the first 5 or 6 metals

bull Ionization tends to decrease as we go down the periodic table This is because the atoms become so big that the attraction of the outer e- is so small

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 114: 2014 unit 8

Use your PT to predictWhich has the higher IE Ca or Mg

B or N

Why would IE for a nonmetal such as Cl be higher than that of a metal such as K

REMEMBER WHAT IE IS

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 115: 2014 unit 8

ElectronegativityEN Is the affinity for electrons

What would be characteristics of an element with a high EN

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 116: 2014 unit 8

Metallic TrendsAn element is more metallic if it tend to lose

electrons easier

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 117: 2014 unit 8

Test will have a different PT

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 118: 2014 unit 8

Predict the most reactive

Metal (low IE and lots of shielding)

Non metal (high IE and not much shielding)

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 119: 2014 unit 8

summary

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 120: 2014 unit 8

Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)

You will have about 10 minutes or so to work through this page and wersquoll discuss it So get to it Pg 69 amp 386 might help

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 121: 2014 unit 8

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Who did the pioneer work on the periodic table we used today

DEMETRI MENDELEEV later it was Moseley

In what order are the elements listed in our present periodic table

BY ATOMIC (originally by atomic mass)

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 122: 2014 unit 8

State the periodic law

When the elements are arrange in order of increasing atomic there is a periodic repetition of their physical and chemical properties

What is the name given to the elements in a vertical column of the periodic table

GROUP (or Family)

What name is given to the elements in a horizontal row on the periodic table

PERIOD

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 123: 2014 unit 8

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the d sublevel

Transition metals

Which groups by number are the representative elements

A GROUPS

What part of the periodic table represents the filling of the f sublevel

INNER TRANSITION METALS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 124: 2014 unit 8

What is true of the valence electron configuration of the elements with similar properties

THEY ARE THE SAME

State the octet rule (or when atoms become un-reactive)

ALL ATOMS THAT HAVE A FULL VALENCE (mainly 8 e-)

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 125: 2014 unit 8

Atoms of the alkali group have 1 valence electron and tend to LOSE 1 e-s

Alkaline earth metals have 2 valence electrons and tend to LOSE 2 e-s

Halogens have 7 valence electrons and tend to GAIN 1 e-s

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 126: 2014 unit 8

Isoelectronic refers to ions that have the same electron configuration of each other (usually that of a noble gas For example Mg+ 2 Na +1 Ne F-1 O-2)

Can you tell me some that are isoelectronic to Kr

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 127: 2014 unit 8

Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERSWhat is the basic trend as you go across a period

Increase an electron in the valence and increase nuclear charge The atom size becomes smaller as a result

What can be said about elements that are in the same family or group

They have similar chemical and physical properties

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 128: 2014 unit 8

LAB (s)Na vapor wavelength (collect data complete

and turn in)

Alkaline Earth LAB

Homework plantet quack pages

Pg 25

Next day in class (26-27 and discussion) begin the next lab

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol
Page 129: 2014 unit 8

Discussion ProtocolSee the handout

Expectations everyone participates

Each one write some

Groups 1 amp 2 (oral protocol)

Discuss part 11amp2

Discuss part 2

  • Letrsquos look at our goal
  • Unit 8
  • 1 EVOLUTION OF MODEL
  • The Development of Atomic Models
  • Dalton
  • THOMSON
  • Rutherford
  • The Development of Atomic Models (2)
  • Bohr
  • The Bohr Model
  • The Bohr Model (2)
  • Wave Lecture
  • Wave Terms
  • Slide 15
  • Spectroscopy demo
  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Pictures of spectroscopy
  • Na (see pg 374)
  • The process pg 366-367
  • Slide 21
  • Stair step model
  • Slide 23
  • What happens in spectroscopy
  • Light amp spectra
  • Photo electric effect amp quantum mechanics
  • Again Bohr could explain only the mathematical model for H so
  • NOTE
  • See Phet
  • Assignment
  • Collect and discuss questions
  • KEY IDEAS
  • NOTE (2)
  • Move on to the model now
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (2)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (3)
  • The Quantum Mechanical Model (4)
  • Atomic Orbitals
  • Atomic Orbitals (2)
  • Where are electrons (a new approach S2012)
  • See text pg 371-374
  • Each sublevel adds a new orbital shape Each orbital holds 2 e
  • Slide 44
  • Atomic Orbitals (3)
  • Orbital diagram template
  • Filling rules
  • You try Oxygen orbital diagram then list configuration
  • Slide 49
  • BOOK IMAGE
  • See pg 378 amp look at sample 11-2 page 379
  • Letrsquos make this easy by using our PT to write configurations
  • Areas or Blocks
  • Filling Order
  • Another picture
  • Keep in mind that this is not as difficult as it may seem
  • YOU TRY
  • Orbital diagrams
  • Valence electrons (see pg 384)
  • Most atoms
  • Configuration for ions
  • Spring 2014
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Ready for OVERKILL
  • B) Quantum numbers
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
  • VOCABULARY NOTES
  • Continuous spectrum
  • Bright line spectra
  • What is the explanation for the discrete lines in atomic emissi
  • The process pg 366-367 (2)
  • Slide 75
  • Wavelength
  • Photon
  • Photoelectric effect
  • Energy level
  • Quantum
  • Quantum mechanical model
  • Atomic orbitals
  • Electron configuration
  • Ground state
  • Valence electrons
  • Octet rule
  • Still to discuss this unit
  • Packet Pg 8 Stability levels (ordered from most stable to le
  • Work thru pg 8
  • Exception for e- configuration
  • Stable ions- explain them
  • Slide 92
  • What information does the PT give us
  • Goals
  • Periodic table
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW
  • Terms amp concepts TO KNOW (2)
  • categories
  • See the mini PT pages
  • More from LABEL THE TABLE
  • Reactivity of Alkali Metals
  • Alkali metals
  • KEY IDEA
  • Predict PAIR SHARE
  • Atomic Size (AR)
  • ATOM Size Trend Rational
  • So which is larger
  • Slide 108
  • What about the size of ions
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Can you explain which is larger of each of these pairs
  • ION Size Trend Rational
  • You predict
  • Put these in order from largest to smallest and be able to just
  • Ionization Energy packet pg 23-24 See chapter
  • So letrsquos think about this
  • IE
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Are there other areas where the trend (increasing IE to the rig
  • Show my Straw Example
  • A closer look at ionization
  • Also
  • Use your PT to predict
  • Electronegativity
  • Metallic Trends
  • Test will have a different PT
  • Predict the most reactive
  • summary
  • Time in class to try Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 (15 mins)
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS
  • Slide 135
  • Slide 136
  • Slide 137
  • Slide 138
  • Slide 139
  • Unit 8 WS 1 pg 15 ANSWERS (2)
  • LAB (s)
  • Discussion Protocol